Add ffmpeg libraries for macOS

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * AC-3 parser prototypes
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
+ */
+int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
+                        uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
+
+/**
+ * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
+ * @param[in]  buf     pointer to AAC data buffer
+ * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
+ * @param[out] frames  Pointer to where number of frames is written
+ * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
+                         uint8_t *frames);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/avdct.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+
+/**
+ * AVDCT context.
+ * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
+ *       disabled at build time.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDCT {
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+    /**
+     * IDCT input permutation.
+     * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
+     * normal order of the reference IDCT).
+     * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
+     * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan<br>
+     * An example to avoid confusion:
+     * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
+     * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
+     * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
+     *    -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
+     * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
+     *    -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
+     */
+    uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
+
+    void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+
+    /**
+     * DCT algorithm.
+     * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+     */
+    int dct_algo;
+
+    /**
+     * IDCT algorithm.
+     * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+     */
+    int idct_algo;
+
+    void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+                       const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
+                       ptrdiff_t line_size);
+
+    int bits_per_sample;
+} AVDCT;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a AVDCT context.
+ * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
+ * configuring it with AVOptions.
+ *
+ * To free it use av_free()
+ */
+AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
+int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
+
+const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/avfft.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft
+ * FFT functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef float FFTSample;
+
+typedef struct FFTComplex {
+    FFTSample re, im;
+} FFTComplex;
+
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a complex FFT.
+ * @param nbits           log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param inverse         if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
+ */
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
+
+/**
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
+ */
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+/**
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
+ */
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
+
+enum RDFTransformType {
+    DFT_R2C,
+    IDFT_C2R,
+    IDFT_R2C,
+    DFT_C2R,
+};
+
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a real FFT.
+ * @param nbits           log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param trans           the type of transform
+ */
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
+
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
+
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
+
+enum DCTTransformType {
+    DCT_II = 0,
+    DCT_III,
+    DCT_I,
+    DST_I,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Set up DCT.
+ *
+ * @param nbits           size of the input array:
+ *                        (1 << nbits)     for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
+ *                        (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
+ * @param type            the type of transform
+ *
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
+ */
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ * Direct3D11 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
+ * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d11.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO    2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ *
+ * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
+    /**
+     * D3D11 decoder object
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+    /**
+      * D3D11 VideoContext
+      */
+    ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+    /**
+     * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
+     */
+    D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of surface in the surface array
+     */
+    unsigned surface_count;
+
+    /**
+     * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
+
+    /**
+     * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+     */
+    uint64_t workaround;
+
+    /**
+     * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+     */
+    unsigned report_id;
+
+    /**
+      * Mutex to access video_context
+      */
+    HANDLE  context_mutex;
+} AVD3D11VAContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/dirac.h

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
+ * @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
+ * @author David Conrad
+ * @author Jordi Ortiz
+ */
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
+ * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
+ * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
+ * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
+ * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
+ *
+ * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
+ */
+#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
+
+/**
+ * Parse code values:
+ *
+ * Dirac Specification ->
+ * 9.6.1  Table 9.1
+ *
+ * VC-2 Specification  ->
+ * 10.4.1 Table 10.1
+ */
+
+enum DiracParseCodes {
+    DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER      = 0x00,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ         = 0x10,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_AUX             = 0x20,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_PAD             = 0x30,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED   = 0x08,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW     = 0x48,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ      = 0xE8,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1   = 0x0D,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2   = 0x0E,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO    = 0x0C,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW   = 0x4C,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT  = 0xCC,
+    DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC           = 0x42424344,
+};
+
+typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
+    int major;
+    int minor;
+} DiracVersionInfo;
+
+typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
+    unsigned width;
+    unsigned height;
+    uint8_t chroma_format;          ///< 0: 444  1: 422  2: 420
+
+    uint8_t interlaced;
+    uint8_t top_field_first;
+
+    uint8_t frame_rate_index;       ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
+    uint8_t aspect_ratio_index;     ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
+
+    uint16_t clean_width;
+    uint16_t clean_height;
+    uint16_t clean_left_offset;
+    uint16_t clean_right_offset;
+
+    uint8_t pixel_range_index;      ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
+    uint8_t color_spec_index;       ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
+
+    int profile;
+    int level;
+
+    AVRational framerate;
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+    enum AVColorRange color_range;
+    enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+    enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+    DiracVersionInfo version;
+    int bit_depth;
+} AVDiracSeqHeader;
+
+/**
+ * Parse a Dirac sequence header.
+ *
+ * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
+ *            and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
+ *            av_free().
+ * @param buf the data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
+ * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
+                                   const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
+                                   void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
+ * determine the profile */
+#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
+
+
+/*
+ * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
+ * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
+ * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
+ * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
+ */
+typedef struct AVDVProfile {
+    int              dsf;                   /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
+    int              video_stype;           /* stype for VAUX source pack */
+    int              frame_size;            /* total size of one frame in bytes */
+    int              difseg_size;           /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
+    int              n_difchan;             /* number of DIF channels per frame */
+    AVRational       time_base;             /* 1/framerate */
+    int              ltc_divisor;           /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
+    int              height;                /* picture height in pixels */
+    int              width;                 /* picture width in pixels */
+    AVRational       sar[2];                /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
+    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;             /* picture pixel format */
+    int              bpm;                   /* blocks per macroblock */
+    const uint8_t   *block_sizes;           /* AC block sizes, in bits */
+    int              audio_stride;          /* size of audio_shuffle table */
+    int              audio_min_samples[3];  /* min amount of audio samples */
+                                            /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
+    int              audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
+                                            /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
+    const uint8_t  (*audio_shuffle)[9];     /* PCM shuffling table */
+} AVDVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
+ *
+ * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
+ * @param frame the compressed data buffer
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
+ * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
+                                       const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * DXVA2 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
+ * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO    2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ */
+struct dxva_context {
+    /**
+     * DXVA2 decoder object
+     */
+    IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+    /**
+     * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
+     */
+    const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of surface in the surface array
+     */
+    unsigned surface_count;
+
+    /**
+     * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+     */
+    LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
+
+    /**
+     * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+     */
+    uint64_t workaround;
+
+    /**
+     * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+     */
+    unsigned report_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/jni.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * JNI public API functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
+#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
+
+/*
+ * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
+ * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
+ * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
+ * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
+
+/*
+ * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
+ */
+void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * Android MediaCodec public API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
+ * be used as output by the decoder.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
+
+    /**
+     * android/view/Surface object reference.
+     */
+    void *surface;
+
+} AVMediaCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
+ * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
+ * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
+ * av_mediacodec_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ */
+void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
+ */
+typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
+ * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
+ * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
+ * discard the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/qsv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
+#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
+ * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
+ *             callback
+ * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVContext {
+    /**
+     * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
+     * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
+     */
+    mfxSession session;
+
+    /**
+     * The IO pattern to use.
+     */
+    int iopattern;
+
+    /**
+     * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
+     */
+    mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
+    int         nb_ext_buffers;
+
+    /**
+     * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
+     * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
+     * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
+     * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
+     *
+     * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
+     * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
+     * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
+     * the opaque_surfaces field.
+     */
+    int opaque_alloc;
+
+    /**
+     * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
+     * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
+     * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
+     * encoder.
+     *
+     * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
+     * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
+     */
+    int nb_opaque_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+     * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
+     * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
+     * passed to other parts of the pipeline.
+     *
+     * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
+     * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
+     * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+     *
+     * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+     * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
+     * the opaque allocation request.
+     */
+    int opaque_alloc_type;
+} AVQSVContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new context.
+ *
+ * It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
+ * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
+ * Public libavcodec VA API header.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * This shall be zero-allocated and available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
+ */
+struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
+    /**
+     * Window system dependent data
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    void *display;
+
+    /**
+     * Configuration ID
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    uint32_t config_id;
+
+    /**
+     * Context ID (video decode pipeline)
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    uint32_t context_id;
+};
+
+/* @} */
+
+#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
+ * - VDPAU decoding
+ * - VDPAU presentation
+ *
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
+ *
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+struct AVCodecContext;
+struct AVFrame;
+
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
+                               const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
+                               const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
+ * function and make it available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
+ * AVVDPAUContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
+    /**
+     * VDPAU decoder handle
+     *
+     * Set by user.
+     */
+    VdpDecoder decoder;
+
+    /**
+     * VDPAU decoder render callback
+     *
+     * Set by the user.
+     */
+    VdpDecoderRender *render;
+
+    AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
+} AVVDPAUContext;
+
+/**
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
+ *
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
+
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
+ * display preemption).
+ *
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
+                          VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
+ *
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
+                                    uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
+
+#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+/**
+ * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
+ * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
+ *                The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
+ *                an error.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
+#endif
+
+/* @}*/
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR  58
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR  21
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 104
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT  AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION      AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD        LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT        "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
+#define FF_API_LOWRES            (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV          (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
+#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
+#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
+#define FF_API_AVPICTURE         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
+#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
+#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
+#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
+#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
+#define FF_API_STAT_BITS         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
+#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
+#define FF_API_OLD_BSF          (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
+#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
+#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
+#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
+#define FF_API_TAG_STRING        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
+#define FF_API_GETCHROMA         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
+#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
+#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT              (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
+ * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+#undef Picture
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
+ * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
+ * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
+ * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
+    /**
+     * Videotoolbox decompression session object.
+     * Created and freed the caller.
+     */
+    VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
+
+    /**
+     * The output callback that must be passed to the session.
+     * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
+     */
+    VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
+
+    /**
+     * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
+     * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
+     * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
+     */
+    OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
+
+    /**
+     * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+     * Set by the caller.
+     */
+    CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
+
+    /**
+     * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+     * Set by the caller.
+     */
+    int cm_codec_type;
+} AVVideotoolboxContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
+ *
+ * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
+ * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
+ * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
+ * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
+ *
+ * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
+ * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
+ * av_videotoolbox_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ */
+void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A public API for Vorbis parsing
+ *
+ * Determines the duration for each packet.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
+ */
+AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
+                                           int extradata_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free the parser and everything associated with it.
+ */
+void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
+
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER  0x00000001
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP   0x00000004
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * If @p flags is @c NULL,
+ * special frames are considered invalid.
+ *
+ * @param s        Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf      buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ * @param flags    flags for special frames
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+                                int buf_size, int *flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * @param s        Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf      buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+                          int buf_size);
+
+void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */

libs/mac/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
+ * Public libavcodec XvMC header.
+ */
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_XVMC_ID                    0x1DC711C0  /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
+                                                       the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
+
+struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
+    /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
+        It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
+        and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             xvmc_id;
+
+    /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
+        The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
+        Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
+        pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
+        - application - set the pointer during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
+    */
+    short*          data_blocks;
+
+    /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
+        XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
+        - application - set the pointer during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - fills description data into the array
+    */
+    XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
+
+    /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
+        array.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             allocated_mv_blocks;
+
+    /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             allocated_data_blocks;
+
+    /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
+        coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             idct;
+
+    /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
+        unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             unsigned_intra;
+
+    /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
+        It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
+        It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
+        - application - set during initialization
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    XvMCSurface*    p_surface;
+
+/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
+    needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
+//@{
+    /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
+        - application - unchanged
+        - libavcodec  - set
+    */
+    XvMCSurface*    p_past_surface;
+
+    /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
+        - application - unchanged
+        - libavcodec  - set
+    */
+    XvMCSurface*    p_future_surface;
+
+    /** top/bottom field or frame
+        - application - unchanged
+        - libavcodec  - set
+    */
+    unsigned int    picture_structure;
+
+    /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
+        - application - unchanged
+        - libavcodec  - set
+    */
+    unsigned int    flags;
+//}@
+
+    /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
+        that have already been passed to the hardware.
+        - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+                        A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
+                        with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
+        - libavcodec  - unchanged
+    */
+    int             start_mv_blocks_num;
+
+    /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
+        start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
+        passed to the hardware.
+        - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
+                        ff_draw_horiz_band().
+        - libavcodec  - increment with one of each stored MB
+    */
+    int             filled_mv_blocks_num;
+
+    /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
+        64 short values in the data_blocks array.
+        All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
+        position into the corresponding block description structure field,
+        that are part of the mv_blocks array.
+        - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+                        A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
+                        with start_mb_blocks_num.
+        - libavcodec  - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
+                        of coded blocks it contains.
+    */
+    int             next_free_data_block_num;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h

@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Main libavdevice API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavd libavdevice
+ * Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
+ *
+ * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
+ * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
+ * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
+ * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
+ * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
+ * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
+ * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
+ *
+ * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
+ * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avdevice_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice license.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
+ */
+void avdevice_register_all(void);
+
+/**
+ * Audio input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat  *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat  *d);
+
+/**
+ * Audio output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
+    int x;      /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
+    int y;      /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
+    int width;  /**< width */
+    int height; /**< height */
+} AVDeviceRect;
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
+    /**
+     * Dummy message.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+    /**
+     * Window size change message.
+     *
+     * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
+     * of the window device renders to.
+     * Message should also be sent right after window is created.
+     *
+     * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
+
+    /**
+     * Repaint request message.
+     *
+     * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
+     *
+     * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
+     *       NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
+
+    /**
+     * Request pause/play.
+     *
+     * Application requests pause/unpause playback.
+     * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
+     * By default devices are not paused.
+     *
+     * data: NULL
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE        = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY         = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
+
+    /**
+     * Volume control message.
+     *
+     * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
+     * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
+     * change is expected when possible.
+     *
+     * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+
+    /**
+     * Mute control messages.
+     *
+     * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
+     * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
+     * change is expected when possible.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE        = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE      = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+
+    /**
+     * Get volume/mute messages.
+     *
+     * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
+     * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+    AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE   = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
+    /**
+     * Dummy message.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+    /**
+     * Create window buffer message.
+     *
+     * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
+     * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
+     * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
+     * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
+     *
+     * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
+     *        with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
+     *
+     * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
+     *       NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
+
+    /**
+     * Prepare window buffer message.
+     *
+     * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
+     * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
+     * Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
+
+    /**
+     * Display window buffer message.
+     *
+     * Device requests to display a window buffer.
+     * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
+     * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
+
+    /**
+     * Destroy window buffer message.
+     *
+     * Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
+     * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
+     * buffer is not required anymore.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
+
+    /**
+     * Buffer fullness status messages.
+     *
+     * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
+     *
+     * data: NULL.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
+
+    /**
+     * Buffer readable/writable.
+     *
+     * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
+     * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
+     *
+     * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
+     *
+     * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
+     *       NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
+
+    /**
+     * Mute state change message.
+     *
+     * Device informs that mute state has changed.
+     *
+     * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
+
+    /**
+     * Volume level change message.
+     *
+     * Device informs that volume level has changed.
+     *
+     * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+     */
+    AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from application to device.
+ *
+ * @param s         device context.
+ * @param type      message type.
+ * @param data      message data. Exact type depends on message type.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ *         AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+                                        enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
+                                        void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from device to application.
+ *
+ * @param s         device context.
+ * @param type      message type.
+ * @param data      message data. Can be NULL.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ *         AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+                                        enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
+                                        void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
+ * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
+ * It is build on top op AVOption API.
+ * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
+ * parameters that fit to the device.
+ *
+ * List of capabilities that can be queried:
+ *  - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
+ *    - codec:          supported audio/video codecs.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
+ *  - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
+ *    - sample_format:  supported sample formats.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
+ *    - sample_rate:    supported sample rates.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
+ *    - channels:       supported number of channels.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
+ *    - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
+ *  - Capabilities valid for video devices:
+ *    - pixel_format:   supported pixel formats.
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
+ *    - window_size:    supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
+ *    - frame_size:     supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
+ *    - fps:            supported fps values
+ *                      type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
+ *
+ * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
+ * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
+ * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
+ * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
+ * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
+ *
+ * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
+ *
+ * @code
+ *  AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
+ *  AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
+ *  AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+ *  int ret;
+ *
+ *  if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
+ *      goto fail;
+ *  if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
+ *      goto fail;
+ *
+ *  //query codecs
+ *  if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
+ *      goto fail;
+ *  //pick codec here and set it
+ *  av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
+ *
+ *  //query format
+ *  if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
+ *      goto fail;
+ *  //pick format here and set it
+ *  av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
+ *
+ *  //query and set more capabilities
+ *
+ * fail:
+ *  //clean up code
+ *  avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
+ *  avformat_free_context(oc);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Structure describes device capabilities.
+ *
+ * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
+ * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+    AVFormatContext *device_context;
+    enum AVCodecID codec;
+    enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
+    enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
+    int sample_rate;
+    int channels;
+    int64_t channel_layout;
+    int window_width;
+    int window_height;
+    int frame_width;
+    int frame_height;
+    AVRational fps;
+} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
+
+/**
+ * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
+ */
+extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
+
+/**
+ * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
+ *
+ * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
+ * not used anymore.
+ *
+ * @param[out] caps      Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param s              Context of the device.
+ * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
+ *                       On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
+ *                       containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *                       The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
+ *                       devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
+ *                       that affects device-private options.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
+ */
+int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
+                                 AVDictionary **device_options);
+
+/**
+ * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
+ *
+ * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
+ * @param s    Context of the device.
+ */
+void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
+    char *device_name;                   /**< device name, format depends on device */
+    char *device_description;            /**< human friendly name */
+} AVDeviceInfo;
+
+/**
+ * List of devices.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
+    AVDeviceInfo **devices;              /**< list of autodetected devices */
+    int nb_devices;                      /**< number of autodetected devices */
+    int default_device;                  /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
+} AVDeviceInfoList;
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ *
+ * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
+ *        autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
+ *        be always completed.
+ *
+ * @param s                device context.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
+ *
+ * @param devices device list to be freed.
+ */
+void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
+ * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
+ *
+ * @param device           device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
+ * @param device_name      device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
+ * @param device_options   An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
+ *                         The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
+ *                         devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
+ *                         that affects device-private options.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+                                AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+                               AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */

libs/mac/include/libavdevice/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Libavdevice version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR  58
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR   4
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 101
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION     AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                           LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                           LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD       LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT       "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */

libs/mac/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
+ * memory buffer sink API for audio and video
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx    pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
+ * @param frame  pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ *               The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ * @param flags  a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
+ * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
+ * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
+ * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
+ * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
+
+/**
+ * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
+    const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+} AVBufferSinkParams;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
+ *
+ * Must be freed with av_free().
+ */
+AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
+ */
+typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
+    const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+    const int64_t *channel_layouts;         ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
+    const int *channel_counts;              ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
+    int all_channel_counts;                 ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
+    int *sample_rates;                      ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
+} AVABufferSinkParams;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
+ *
+ * Must be freed with av_free().
+ */
+AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
+ *
+ * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
+ * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
+ * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
+ */
+void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
+ * Get the properties of the stream
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type                (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational       av_buffersink_get_time_base           (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int              av_buffersink_get_format              (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVRational       av_buffersink_get_frame_rate          (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int              av_buffersink_get_w                   (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int              av_buffersink_get_h                   (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational       av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+int              av_buffersink_get_channels            (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+uint64_t         av_buffersink_get_channel_layout      (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int              av_buffersink_get_sample_rate         (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVBufferRef *    av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx       (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ *              The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ *
+ * @return
+ *         - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
+ *         - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
+ *           input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
+ *         - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
+ *         - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
+ * of samples read. This function is less efficient than
+ * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ *              The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ *              frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
+ *              the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
+ *         av_buffersink_get_samples().
+ *
+ * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
+ * the other with a single sink, not both.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */

libs/mac/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
+ * Memory buffer source API.
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum {
+
+    /**
+     * Do not check for format changes.
+     */
+    AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
+
+    /**
+     * Immediately push the frame to the output.
+     */
+    AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
+
+    /**
+     * Keep a reference to the frame.
+     * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
+     * copy the frame data.
+     */
+    AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of failed requests.
+ *
+ * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
+ * frame is present in the buffer.
+ * The number is reset when a frame is added.
+ */
+unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
+ * passed to this filter.
+ *
+ * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
+    /**
+     * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
+     * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
+     */
+    int format;
+    /**
+     * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
+     */
+    AVRational time_base;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
+     */
+    int width, height;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
+     * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
+     * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
+     * unknown.
+     */
+    AVRational frame_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
+     * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon.
+     */
+    int sample_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only, the audio channel layout
+     */
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+} AVBufferSrcParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
+ * caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
+ * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
+ * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
+ * whatever method is used last takes precedence.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
+ * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
+ *              must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
+ *              param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
+ *              copies or references when necessary.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx   an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx   an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
+ * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
+ * the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
+ * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
+ * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
+ * using the flags.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @param buffer_src  pointer to a buffer source context
+ * @param frame       a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
+ * @param flags       a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
+ * @return            >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
+ *                    in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
+                                 AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Close the buffer source after EOF.
+ *
+ * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
+ * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
+ * of the last frame.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavfilter/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Libavfilter version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR   7
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR  25
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION     AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD       LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT       "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
+#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR        (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
+#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS                    (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET               (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT                         (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */

libs/mac/include/libavformat/avio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,861 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavf_io
+ * Buffered I/O operations
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/common.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "libavformat/version.h"
+
+/**
+ * Seeking works like for a local file.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME   (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
+ * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
+ * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
+ * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
+ * blocking operation will be aborted.
+ *
+ * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
+ * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
+ * or AVIOContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
+    int (*callback)(void*);
+    void *opaque;
+} AVIOInterruptCB;
+
+/**
+ * Directory entry types.
+ */
+enum AVIODirEntryType {
+    AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
+    AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describes single entry of the directory.
+ *
+ * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
+ * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
+    char *name;                           /**< Filename */
+    int type;                             /**< Type of the entry */
+    int utf8;                             /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
+                                               Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
+    int64_t size;                         /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t modification_timestamp;       /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
+                                               epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t access_timestamp;             /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
+                                               -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t status_change_timestamp;      /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
+                                               epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t user_id;                      /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t group_id;                     /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+    int64_t filemode;                     /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
+} AVIODirEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVIODirContext {
+    struct URLContext *url_context;
+} AVIODirContext;
+
+/**
+ * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
+ * write_data_type callback.
+ */
+enum AVIODataMarkerType {
+    /**
+     * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
+    /**
+     * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
+     * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
+     * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+     * should give decodeable results.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+    /**
+     * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
+     * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
+     * non-keyframe packet start point.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+    /**
+     * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
+     * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
+     * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
+     * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
+    /**
+     * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
+     * finalizing the output file.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
+    /**
+     * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
+     * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
+     * means the end of a packet.
+     */
+    AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Bytestream IO Context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *
+ * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
+ *       directly, they should only be set by the client application
+ *       when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
+ *       function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for private options.
+     *
+     * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
+     * passes the options down to protocols.
+     *
+     * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
+     * the caller.
+     *
+     * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
+     * to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /*
+     * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
+     * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
+     * (since AVIOContext is used for both):
+     *
+     **********************************************************************************
+     *                                   READING
+     **********************************************************************************
+     *
+     *                            |              buffer_size              |
+     *                            |---------------------------------------|
+     *                            |                                       |
+     *
+     *                         buffer          buf_ptr       buf_end
+     *                            +---------------+-----------------------+
+     *                            |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /|         |
+     *  read buffer:              |/ / consumed / | to be read /|         |
+     *                            |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /|         |
+     *                            +---------------+-----------------------+
+     *
+     *                                                         pos
+     *              +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+     *  input file: |                                           |                 |
+     *              +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+     *
+     *
+     **********************************************************************************
+     *                                   WRITING
+     **********************************************************************************
+     *
+     *                             |          buffer_size                 |
+     *                             |--------------------------------------|
+     *                             |                                      |
+     *
+     *                                                buf_ptr_max
+     *                          buffer                 (buf_ptr)       buf_end
+     *                             +-----------------------+--------------+
+     *                             |/ / / / / / / / / / / /|              |
+     *  write buffer:              | / / to be flushed / / |              |
+     *                             |/ / / / / / / / / / / /|              |
+     *                             +-----------------------+--------------+
+     *                               buf_ptr can be in this
+     *                               due to a backward seek
+     *
+     *                            pos
+     *               +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+     *  output file: |             |                                              |
+     *               +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+     *
+     */
+    unsigned char *buffer;  /**< Start of the buffer. */
+    int buffer_size;        /**< Maximum buffer size */
+    unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
+    unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
+                                 buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
+                                 less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
+                                 no more data has been received yet. */
+    void *opaque;           /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
+                                 functions. */
+    int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+    int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+    int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
+    int64_t pos;            /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
+    int eof_reached;        /**< true if eof reached */
+    int write_flag;         /**< true if open for writing */
+    int max_packet_size;
+    unsigned long checksum;
+    unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
+    unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
+    int error;              /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
+    /**
+     * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
+     */
+    int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
+    /**
+     * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
+     * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
+     * to byte position.
+     */
+    int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
+                         int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+    /**
+     * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
+     */
+    int seekable;
+
+    /**
+     * max filesize, used to limit allocations
+     * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+     */
+    int64_t maxsize;
+
+    /**
+     * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+     * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+     * call the underlying seek function directly.
+     */
+    int direct;
+
+    /**
+     * Bytes read statistic
+     * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+     */
+    int64_t bytes_read;
+
+    /**
+     * seek statistic
+     * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+     */
+    int seek_count;
+
+    /**
+     * writeout statistic
+     * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+     */
+    int writeout_count;
+
+    /**
+     * Original buffer size
+     * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
+     * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
+     */
+    int orig_buffer_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
+     * This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
+     */
+    int short_seek_threshold;
+
+    /**
+     * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+     */
+    const char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+    /**
+     * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+     */
+    const char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+    /**
+     * A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
+     */
+    int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+                           enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
+    /**
+     * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+     * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
+     * small chunks of data returned from the callback).
+     */
+    int ignore_boundary_point;
+
+    /**
+     * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
+     */
+    enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
+    int64_t last_time;
+
+    /**
+     * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
+     * This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
+     */
+    int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
+
+    int64_t written;
+
+    /**
+     * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
+     * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
+     */
+    unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
+
+    /**
+     * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
+     */
+    int min_packet_size;
+} AVIOContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
+ *
+ * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
+ *
+ * @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
+ */
+const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
+ * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
+ * masked by the value in flags.
+ *
+ * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
+ * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
+ * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
+ * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
+ * checked resource.
+ */
+int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Move or rename a resource.
+ *
+ * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
+ *
+ * @param url_src url to resource to be moved
+ * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
+
+/**
+ * Delete a resource.
+ *
+ * @param url resource to be deleted.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Open directory for reading.
+ *
+ * @param s       directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param url     directory to be listed.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ *                this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
+ *                containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Get next directory entry.
+ *
+ * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
+ * it may outlive AVIODirContext.
+ *
+ * @param s         directory read context.
+ * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
+ *             error.
+ */
+int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
+
+/**
+ * Close directory.
+ *
+ * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
+ * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
+ *
+ * @param s         directory read context.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
+ *
+ * @param entry entry to be freed.
+ */
+void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
+ * freed with avio_context_free().
+ *
+ * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
+ *        The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
+ *        It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
+ *        AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
+ *        which must be later freed with av_free().
+ * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
+ *        For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
+ *        For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
+ * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
+ * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
+ * @param read_packet  A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
+ *                     For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
+ *                     a proper AVERROR code.
+ * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
+ *        The function may not change the input buffers content.
+ * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
+                  unsigned char *buffer,
+                  int buffer_size,
+                  int write_flag,
+                  void *opaque,
+                  int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+                  int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+                  int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
+ *
+ * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
+ * into s.
+ */
+void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
+
+void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
+void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL-terminated string.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
+ *
+ * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
+ *
+ * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
+ *             (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
+ *             applicable
+ * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
+ */
+void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
+
+/**
+ * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+ * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/**
+ * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
+ * means that can be extremely slow.
+ * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
+
+/**
+ * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
+{
+    return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ */
+int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return non zero if and only if end of file
+ */
+int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
+int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Force flushing of buffered data.
+ *
+ * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
+ * without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
+ *
+ * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
+ * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
+ * read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
+ */
+void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
+ * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
+ * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
+ * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+ *       necessary
+ */
+int          avio_r8  (AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t     avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t     avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
+ * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
+ * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
+ * will be truncated if buf is too small.
+ * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
+ * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
+ * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
+ * bytes actually read.
+ */
+int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
+ * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
+ * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
+ */
+int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+
+/**
+ * @name URL open modes
+ * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
+ * constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ  1                                      /**< read-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2                                      /**< write-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE)  /**< read-write pseudo flag */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use non-blocking mode.
+ * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
+ * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
+ * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
+ * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
+ * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
+ * silently ignored.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
+
+/**
+ * Use direct mode.
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
+ * @param options  A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
+               const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_closep
+ */
+int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
+ * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ */
+int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
+ * The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
+ * The buffer must NOT be freed.
+ * No padding is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free().
+ * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate through names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
+ *        It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
+ *        be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
+ * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
+ *               otherwise over input protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
+ */
+const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
+
+/**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ *
+ * @param h     IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ */
+int     avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ *        If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ *        units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ *        If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ *        seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ *        or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ *        and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ *        AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ *        fail if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
+                       int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+/**
+ * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
+ *
+ * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
+ * code otherwise
+ */
+int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
+
+/**
+ * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
+ * @param  s the server context
+ * @param  c the client context, must be unallocated
+ * @return   >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
+ *           to an AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
+
+/**
+ * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
+ * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
+ * using it as a read/write context.
+ * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
+ * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
+ * decide to change the proceedings.
+ * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
+ * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
+ * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
+ * chunk of the request can constitute a step.
+ * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
+ * returns 0 immediately.
+ *
+ * @param  c the client context to perform the handshake on
+ * @return   0   on a complete and successful handshake
+ *           > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
+ *           < 0 for an AVERROR code
+ */
+int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavformat/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
+// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR  58
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR  17
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 101
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION     AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD       LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT       "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
+#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2      (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
+#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS       (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
+#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX               (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
+#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT          (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
+#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP                 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
+#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG       (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
+#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
+#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
+#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER            (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
+#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME          (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
+#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS         (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT                     (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
+#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION    (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
+#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
+#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE            1
+#endif
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/adler32.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_adler32
+ * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf   pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len   size of input buffer
+ * @return      updated checksum
+ */
+unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
+                                unsigned int len) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/aes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAES context.
+ */
+struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * AES-CTR cipher
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
+#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
+
+struct AVAESCTR;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
+ * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
+ */
+int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Release an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param size the size of src and dst
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iv
+ */
+const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a random iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/attributes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+#    define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+#    define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+#    define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+#    define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+#    define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#    define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+#    define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+#    define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+#    define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+#    define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+#    define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+#    define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+        code \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        __pragma(warning(push)) \
+        __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+        code; \
+        __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+#    define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away.  This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+#    define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#   define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+#   define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#    define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+#    define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+#    define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ * Audio FIFO
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Audio FIFO Buffer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "fifo.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
+ *
+ * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
+ * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
+ * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af  AVAudioFifo to free
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt  sample format
+ * @param channels    number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples  initial allocation size, in samples
+ * @return            newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
+ */
+AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
+                                 int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to reallocate
+ * @param nb_samples  new allocation size, in samples
+ * @return            0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
+ * is less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to write to
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to write
+ * @return            number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
+ *                    code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
+ *                    actually written will always be nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to peek
+ * @return            number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to peek
+ * @param offset      offset from current read position
+ * @return            number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to read
+ * @return            number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * Removes the data without reading it.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to drain
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to drain
+ * @return            0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
+ *
+ * This empties all data in the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param af  AVAudioFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
+ *
+ * @param af  the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return    number of samples available for reading
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
+ *
+ * @param af  the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return    number of samples available for writing
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/avassert.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "log.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do {                                           \
+    if (!(cond)) {                                                      \
+        av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n",    \
+               AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__);                 \
+        abort();                                                        \
+    }                                                                   \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assert that floating point opperations can be executed.
+ *
+ * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
+ */
+void av_assert0_fpu(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/avconfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/avstring.h

@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
+ * the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
+ * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
+ * after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
+ * of the string needle.  A zero-length string needle is considered to
+ * match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle   string to search for
+ * @return         pointer to the located match within haystack
+ *                 or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
+ * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
+ * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack   string to search in
+ * @param needle     string to search for
+ * @param hay_length length of string to search in
+ * @return           pointer to the located match within haystack
+ *                   or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
+ * null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the length of src
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
+ * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
+ * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
+ * size <= strlen(dst).
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the total length of src and dst
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
+ * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
+ * the buffer.
+ * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
+ *  appended)
+ * @param size total size of the destination buffer
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ *  following parameters are used
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
+ *  if enough space had been available
+ */
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
+ *            is the maximum value which is returned by the function
+ */
+static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
+        ;
+    return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ *            following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
+ */
+char *av_d2str(double d);
+
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
+{
+    return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
+{
+    return c > 32 && c < 127;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
+{
+    return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
+           c == '\v';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
+{
+    c = av_tolower(c);
+    return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent strings replace.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
+ */
+char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe basename.
+ * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return pointer to the basename substring.
+ */
+const char *av_basename(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe dirname.
+ * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".".
+ * @note the function may change the input string.
+ */
+const char *av_dirname(char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
+ * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
+ * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
+ * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
+ * match all names.
+ *
+ * @param name  Name to look for.
+ * @param names List of names.
+ * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
+
+/**
+ * Append path component to the existing path.
+ * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
+ * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
+ * @param path      base path
+ * @param component component to be appended
+ * @return new path or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
+
+enum AVEscapeMode {
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO,      ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE,     ///< Use single-quote escaping.
+};
+
+/**
+ * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
+ * string.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
+ * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
+ * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Escape only specified special characters.
+ * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
+ * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
+ * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param dst           pointer where an allocated string is put
+ * @param src           string to escape, must be non-NULL
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ *                      need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode          escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ *                      Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ *                      AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ *                      notice.
+ * @param flags         flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
+ * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
+ * @see av_bprint_escape()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+              enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES          1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS             2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES                 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
+    AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
+
+/**
+ * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
+ * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
+ * decode.
+ *
+ * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
+ * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
+ * return an error code.
+ *
+ * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
+ * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
+ *
+ * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
+ * GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
+ *
+ * @param codep   pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
+ *                The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
+ * @param bufp    pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
+ *                to decode, updated by the function to point to the
+ *                byte next after the decoded sequence
+ * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
+ *                byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
+ *                avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
+ *                UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
+ * @param flags   a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
+ * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
+ * value in case of invalid sequence
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
+                   unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a name is in a list.
+ * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
+ *            list.
+ */
+int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/avutil.h

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp  "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,  ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,          ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,    ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE          ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE            1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I,     ///< Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P,     ///< Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B,     ///< Bi-dir predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S,     ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI,    ///< Switching Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP,    ///< Switching Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI,    ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "mathematics.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+    return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize  size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term    list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list    pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
+                                     const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term  list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list  pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
+    av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
+
+/**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ */
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
+
+/**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ */
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
+
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
+ * code) representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf    a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
+ *
+ * @param out      buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in       null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ *                 least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
+ * @return         number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ *                 invalid input
+ */
+int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
+ * with length x to a data buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
+
+/**
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
+ *
+ * @param out      buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
+ *                 null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in       input buffer containing the data to encode
+ * @param in_size  size in bytes of the in buffer
+ * @return         out or NULL in case of error
+ */
+char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
+ * null-terminated string.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x)  (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/blowfish.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Blowfish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
+
+typedef struct AVBlowfish {
+    uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
+    uint32_t s[4][256];
+} AVBlowfish;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
+ */
+AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param key a key
+ * @param key_len length of the key
+ */
+void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
+                           int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                       int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/bprint.h

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avstring.h"
+
+/**
+ * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
+ * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
+ */
+
+#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
+struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
+typedef struct name { \
+    __VA_ARGS__ \
+    char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
+} name;
+
+/**
+ * Buffer to print data progressively
+ *
+ * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
+ * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
+ * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
+ *
+ * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
+ * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
+ * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
+ * declaring a local "char buf[512]".
+ *
+ * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
+ * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
+ * length.
+ *
+ * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
+ * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
+ * enough memory.
+ *
+ * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
+ * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
+ * is still updated. This situation can be tested with
+ * av_bprint_is_complete().
+ *
+ * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
+ *
+ * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
+ * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ *
+ * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
+ * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
+ * a buffer with exactly the necessary size
+ * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
+ *
+ * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
+ * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
+ * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
+ * such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+
+FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
+    char *str;         /**< string so far */
+    unsigned len;      /**< length so far */
+    unsigned size;     /**< allocated memory */
+    unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
+    char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
+)
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
+ * parameter.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED  ((unsigned)-1)
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC  1
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf        buffer to init
+ * @param size_init  initial size (including the final 0)
+ * @param size_max   maximum size;
+ *                   0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
+ *                   1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
+ *                   any large value means that the internal buffer will be
+ *                   reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
+ *                   UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
+ *                   Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
+ */
+void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
+ *
+ * The buffer will not be reallocated.
+ *
+ * @param buf     buffer structure to init
+ * @param buffer  byte buffer to use for the string data
+ * @param size    size of buffer
+ */
+void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
+
+/**
+ * Append char c n times to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
+
+/**
+ * Append data to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf  bprint buffer to use
+ * param data pointer to data
+ * param size size of data
+ */
+void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
+
+struct tm;
+/**
+ * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf  bprint buffer to use
+ * param fmt  date and time format string, see strftime()
+ * param tm   broken-down time structure to translate
+ *
+ * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
+ * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
+ * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
+ */
+void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  buf          buffer structure
+ * @param[in]  size         required size
+ * @param[out] mem          pointer to the memory area
+ * @param[out] actual_size  size of the memory area after allocation;
+ *                          can be larger or smaller than size
+ */
+void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
+                          unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
+ */
+void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
+ *
+ * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
+ * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
+ */
+static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
+{
+    return buf->len < buf->size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a print buffer.
+ *
+ * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
+ * but the len and size fields are still valid.
+ *
+ * @arg[out] ret_str  if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
+ *                    buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
+ *                    if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
+ * @return  0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
+ */
+int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
+ *
+ * @param dstbuf        already inited destination bprint buffer
+ * @param src           string containing the text to escape
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ *                      need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode          escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ *                      Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ *                      AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ *                      notice.
+ * @param flags         flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
+ */
+void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+                      enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/bswap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_AARCH64
+#   include "aarch64/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+#   include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00)  | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+    x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+    return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+    return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/buffer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+    AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+    /**
+     * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+     * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+     * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data;
+    /**
+     * Size of data in bytes.
+     */
+    int      size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data   data array
+ * @param size   size of data in bytes
+ * @param free   a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags  a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
+                              void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+                              void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ *            untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ *            written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf  a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ *             unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ *             written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ *             may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ *              pool is empty.
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ *                  is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ *                  by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ *                  and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ *                  data.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
+                                   AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
+                                   void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/camellia.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+  * @file
+  * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
+  * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
+  * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+  * @{
+  */
+
+extern const int av_camellia_size;
+
+struct AVCAMELLIA;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+  * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+  * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
+ */
+int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+  * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/cast5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+  * @file
+  * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
+  * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
+  * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+  * @{
+  */
+
+extern const int av_cast5_size;
+
+struct AVCAST5;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVCAST5 context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
+/**
+  * Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+  * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
+  * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+  * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio channel layout utility functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT             0x00000001
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT            0x00000002
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER           0x00000004
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          0x00000008
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT              0x00000010
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT             0x00000020
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   0x00000040
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  0x00000080
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER            0x00000100
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT              0x00000200
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT             0x00000400
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER             0x00000800
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         0x00001000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       0x00002000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        0x00004000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          0x00008000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        0x00010000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         0x00020000
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT            0x20000000  ///< Stereo downmix.
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT           0x40000000  ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT              0x0000000080000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT             0x0000000100000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT   0x0000000200000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT  0x0000000400000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2        0x0000000800000000ULL
+
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+    to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+    to be the native codec channel order. */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE          0x8000000000000000ULL
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO              (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO            (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ *   5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ *   SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ *   the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ *   av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ *   AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ */
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  name             channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout   parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels      number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ */
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ */
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ */
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ *                present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ *         on error.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+                                        uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel  a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return  channel description on success, NULL on error
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  index   index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout  channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name    name of the layout
+ * @return  0  if the layout exists,
+ *          <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ */
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+                                   const char **name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+                                                       : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Comparator.
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
+ * must not have a side-effect.
+ */
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#   include "config.h"
+#   include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
+#include "common.h"
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else           return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+    else                  return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else             return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+    else                      return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+    else                                         return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+        return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+    else
+        return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+    else                   return  a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
+{
+    return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and added to a
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and subtracted from a
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+    return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+    x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+    x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+    x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+    x += x >> 8;
+    return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+    return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val      Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ *                 Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ *                 assigned Unicode range).  With a memory buffer
+ *                 input, this could be *ptr++.
+ * @param ERROR    Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                 typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+    val= (GET_BYTE);\
+    {\
+        uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+        if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+            ERROR\
+        while (val & top) {\
+            int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+            if(tmp>>6)\
+                ERROR\
+            val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+            top <<= 5;\
+        }\
+        val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val       Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ *                  to native byte order.  Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR     Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                  typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+    val = GET_16BIT;\
+    {\
+        unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+        if (hi < 0x800) {\
+            val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
+            if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+                ERROR\
+            val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+    {\
+        int bytes, shift;\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x80) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+        } else {\
+            bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+            shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+            tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+            while (shift >= 6) {\
+                shift -= 6;\
+                tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+                PUT_BYTE\
+            }\
+        }\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte.  For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+    {\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x10000) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        } else {\
+            tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+            tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#    include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
+
+/*
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+#   define av_ceil_log2     av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+#   define av_clip          av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+#   define av_clip64        av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+#   define av_clip_uint8    av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+#   define av_clip_int8     av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+#   define av_clip_uint16   av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+#   define av_clip_int16    av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+#   define av_clipl_int32   av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+#   define av_clip_intp2    av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+#   define av_clip_uintp2   av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+#   define av_mod_uintp2    av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+#   define av_sat_add32     av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+#   define av_sat_dadd32    av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+#   define av_sat_sub32     av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+#   define av_sat_dsub32    av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+#   define av_clipf         av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+#   define av_clipd         av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+#   define av_popcount      av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+#   define av_popcount64    av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+#   define av_parity        av_parity_c
+#endif

libs/mac/include/libavutil/cpu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE    0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+    /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX          0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT       0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2         0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW        0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE          0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2         0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT     0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3         0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3        0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM     0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4         0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42        0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI       0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX          0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW   0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP          0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4         0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV         0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2         0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3        0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1        0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2        0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512     0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC      0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX          0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8       0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE      (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6        (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2      (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP          (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3        (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON         (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8        (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM       (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND       (1 <<16)
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
+ */
+attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
+ *
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
+ *
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ *  av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ *  present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/crc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_crc32
+ * Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
+ * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
+ * polynomials.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+    AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+    AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+    AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+    AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+    AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE,  /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+    AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE,  /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
+    AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
+    AV_CRC_8_EBU,
+    AV_CRC_MAX,         /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ *           exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ *           actual CRC).
+ *           If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ *           if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ *           most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ *           av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ *             representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+                const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/des.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * DES encryption/decryption
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
+#define AVUTIL_DES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_des DES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDES {
+    uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
+    int triple_des;
+} AVDES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDES context.
+ */
+AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
+ *
+ * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
+ *           must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/dict.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ *  AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ *  implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ *  extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ *  It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ *  where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ @code
+   AVDictionary *d = NULL;           // "create" an empty dictionary
+   AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+   av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+   char *k = av_strdup("key");       // if your strings are already allocated,
+   char *v = av_strdup("value");     // you can avoid copying them like this
+   av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+   while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+       <....>                             // iterate over all entries in d
+   }
+   av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE      1   /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX   2   /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+                                         ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4   /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8   /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16   ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND         32   /**< If the entry already exists, append to it.  Note that no
+                                      delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY       64   /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+    char *key;
+    char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ *             If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key matching key
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+                               const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return  number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ *        Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags        flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ *                     AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ *                     are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ *                     be duplicated.
+ * @return             0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+                         int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ *            this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ *           by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @param[in]  m             dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in]  key_val_sep   character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in]  pairs_sep     character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+                       const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/display.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Display matrix
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_display
+ * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
+ * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
+ * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
+ *
+ * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *                                  | a b u |
+ *   (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
+ *                                  | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
+ * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
+ *
+ * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
+ * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *               | a b u |
+ *   (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
+ *               | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *   p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
+ *   q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
+ *   z  =  u * p + v * q + w
+ * @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
+ *
+ * @param matrix the transformation matrix
+ * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
+ *         counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
+ *         or NaN if the matrix is singular.
+ *
+ * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
+ *       recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
+ */
+double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise
+ * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
+ *               by this function)
+ * @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
+ */
+void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
+
+/**
+ * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
+ * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
+ * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
+ */
+void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio downmix medatata
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Possible downmix types.
+ */
+enum AVDownmixType {
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO,    /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT,    /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII,   /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB       /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ *
+ * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
+ * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
+    /**
+     * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
+     */
+    enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+     * channel during a regular downmix.
+     */
+    double center_mix_level;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+     * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+     */
+    double center_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+     * channels during a regular downmix.
+     */
+    double surround_mix_level;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+     * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+     */
+    double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
+     * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
+     */
+    double lfe_mix_level;
+} AVDownmixInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
+ *
+ * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
+ *
+ * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
+ *         the structure cannot be allocated.
+ */
+AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
+    /** The number of bytes that are clear. */
+    unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of bytes that are protected.  If using pattern encryption,
+     * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
+     * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
+     */
+    unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
+} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes encryption info for a packet.  This contains frame-specific
+ * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
+    /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
+    uint32_t scheme;
+
+    /**
+     * Only used for pattern encryption.  This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+     * that are encrypted.
+     */
+    uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
+
+    /**
+     * Only used for pattern encryption.  This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+     * that are clear.
+     */
+    uint32_t skip_byte_block;
+
+    /**
+     * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet.  This should always be
+     * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
+     */
+    uint8_t *key_id;
+    uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The initialization vector.  This may have been zero-filled to be the
+     * correct block size.  This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
+     * changed in the future.
+     */
+    uint8_t *iv;
+    uint32_t iv_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
+     * are encrypted.  If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
+     * encrypted.
+     */
+    AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
+    uint32_t subsample_count;
+} AVEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
+    /**
+     * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
+     * is not known.  This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
+     * future.
+     */
+    uint8_t* system_id;
+    uint32_t system_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for.  All IDs are the
+     * same length.  Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
+     */
+    uint8_t** key_ids;
+    /** The number of key IDs. */
+    uint32_t num_key_ids;
+    /**
+     * The number of bytes in each key ID.  This should always be 16, but may
+     * change in the future.
+     */
+    uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Key-system specific initialization data.  This data is copied directly
+     * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system.  This
+     * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
+     * will be at least one key ID.
+     */
+    uint8_t* data;
+    uint32_t data_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
+     */
+    struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
+} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
+ * number of subsamples.  This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
+ * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
+ *
+ * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
+ * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
+ * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption info object.  This MUST NOT be used to free the
+ * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
+ * data.  The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
+ * when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * info.  The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
+ * to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
+      const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
+ * given sizes.  This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
+    uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption init info object.  This MUST NOT be used to free
+ * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
+ * side data.  The resulting object should be passed to
+ * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
+    const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * init info.  The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
+ * given to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
+    const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e))   ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND      FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG                FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF                FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT               FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL           FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA        FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND    FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME       FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2               FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN            FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL       (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED      (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED     (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum      error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf      buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf         a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size    size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum         error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+    av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+    return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+    av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/eval.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+                           const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+                           const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                           const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                           void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+                  const char * const *const_names,
+                  const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                  const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                  int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/ffversion.h

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_VERSION "N-91434-gcced03dd66"
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/fifo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
+    uint8_t *buffer;
+    uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
+    uint32_t rndx, wndx;
+} AVFifoBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param size of FIFO
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ */
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param nmemb number of elements
+ * @param size  size of the single element
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ */
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ */
+void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ */
+void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ */
+void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can read from it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can write into it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * modifiable context by the function defined in func
+ * @param size number of bytes to write
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
+ * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
+ * indicate no more data available to write.
+ * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
+ * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
+
+/**
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
+ */
+void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f    AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ *             than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ *             point outside to the buffer data.
+ *             The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ */
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+    uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
+    if (ptr >= f->end)
+        ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+    else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+        ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+    return ptr;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/file.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+                int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
+ *       calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
+ *       libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
+ * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
+ */
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/frame.h

@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * reference-counted frame API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ */
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+    /**
+     * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+     * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+     * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+    /**
+     * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+     * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+    /**
+     * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+     * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+    /**
+     * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+    /**
+     * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+     * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+     * presentation.
+     *
+     * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+    /**
+     * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+     * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+    /**
+     * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+     * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+     * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+     * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+    /**
+     * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+     * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+     * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+     * @code
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+     * u8    reason for start skip
+     * u8    reason for end   skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+    /**
+     * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
+     * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+    /**
+     * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+     * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
+     * mastering display color volume.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+    /**
+     * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
+     * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
+
+    /**
+     * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
+     * libavutil/spherical.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+    /**
+     * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
+     * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+    /**
+     * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
+     * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
+     * metadata key entry "name".
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+    /**
+     * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
+     * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
+     * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
+     * meaningful way instead.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
+
+    /**
+     * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
+     * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
+     * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
+#endif
+};
+
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
+    AV_AFD_SAME         = 8,
+    AV_AFD_4_3          = 9,
+    AV_AFD_16_9         = 10,
+    AV_AFD_14_9         = 11,
+    AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9  = 13,
+    AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+    AV_AFD_SP_4_3       = 15,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+    enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+    uint8_t *data;
+    int      size;
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+    AVBufferRef *buf;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+    /**
+     * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+     * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+     *
+     * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+     * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+     * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+     * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+     *
+     * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
+     * MUST be set to NULL.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
+     * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
+     *
+     * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+     * plane must be the same size.
+     *
+     * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+     * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+     * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+     * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+     *
+     * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+     * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+     */
+    int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+     *
+     * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+     *
+     * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+     * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+     * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+     * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+     *
+     * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+     * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+     * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+     */
+    uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+    /**
+     * @name Video dimensions
+     * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
+     * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
+     *
+     * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
+     * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
+     * @{
+     */
+    int width, height;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+     */
+    int nb_samples;
+
+    /**
+     * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+     * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+     * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+     */
+    int format;
+
+    /**
+     * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+     */
+    int key_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Picture type of the frame.
+     */
+    enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+     */
+    int64_t pts;
+
+#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
+    /**
+     * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
+     * @deprecated use the pts field instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t pkt_pts;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+     * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+     * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+    /**
+     * picture number in bitstream order
+     */
+    int coded_picture_number;
+    /**
+     * picture number in display order
+     */
+    int display_picture_number;
+
+    /**
+     * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+     */
+    int quality;
+
+    /**
+     * for some private data of the user
+     */
+    void *opaque;
+
+#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
+    /**
+     * @deprecated unused
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+     * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+     */
+    int repeat_pict;
+
+    /**
+     * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+     */
+    int interlaced_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+     */
+    int top_field_first;
+
+    /**
+     * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+     */
+    int palette_has_changed;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
+     * PTS but can be anything).
+     * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+     * that time,
+     * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+     * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+     */
+    int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample rate of the audio data.
+     */
+    int sample_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * Channel layout of the audio data.
+     */
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+    /**
+     * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
+     * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
+     * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
+     * also be non-NULL for all j < i.
+     *
+     * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+     * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+     * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+     * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+     * extended_buf array.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+     * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+     * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+     * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+     * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+     * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+     */
+    AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+    /**
+     * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+     */
+    int        nb_extended_buf;
+
+    AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+    int            nb_side_data;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT       (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD   (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+    /**
+     * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+    enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+    /**
+     * YUV colorspace type.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+    enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+    /**
+     * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+    /**
+     * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+     * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_duration;
+
+    /**
+     * metadata.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+    /**
+     * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+     * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+     * were errors during the decoding.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM   1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE   2
+
+    /**
+     * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int channels;
+
+    /**
+     * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+     * frame.
+     * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int pkt_size;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+    /**
+     * QP table
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int8_t *qscale_table;
+    /**
+     * QP store stride
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int qstride;
+
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int qscale_type;
+
+    attribute_deprecated
+    AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
+#endif
+    /**
+     * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
+     * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+     * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+     * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
+     * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
+     *
+     * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+     * purpose.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * @anchor cropping
+     * @name Cropping
+     * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
+     * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
+     * the frame intended for presentation.
+     * @{
+     */
+    size_t crop_top;
+    size_t crop_bottom;
+    size_t crop_left;
+    size_t crop_right;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
+     * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
+     * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
+     *
+     * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
+     *
+     * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
+     * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
+     * for the target frame's private_ref field.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *private_ref;
+} AVFrame;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration         (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_duration         (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos              (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_pos              (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout       (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_channel_layout       (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_channels             (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_channels             (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_sample_rate          (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_sample_rate          (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata       (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void          av_frame_set_metadata       (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_decode_error_flags   (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_decode_error_flags   (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+attribute_deprecated
+int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
+#endif
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a colorspace.
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
+ */
+const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
+ *           or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
+ *           function, or undefined behavior will occur.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
+ *           or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
+ *           before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
+ *           leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
+ *           cases.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
+ *              chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
+ *              recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers.  E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                        int size);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type  the type of the added side data
+ * @param buf   an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
+ *              the reference is transferred to the frame.
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
+ *         the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
+ *         the caller.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
+                                                 enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                                 AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
+ * from the frame.
+ */
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags for frame cropping.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
+     * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
+     * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
+     * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
+     * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
+     * absolutely know what you are doing.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED     = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
+ */
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ */
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
+ * Generic hashing API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
+#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * Hash functions useful in multimedia.
+ *
+ * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
+ * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
+ * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
+ * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
+ * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
+ *
+ * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
+ * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
+ * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
+ * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
+ * "individual hash" directly.
+ *
+ * @section Sample Code
+ *
+ * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * const char *hash_name = NULL;
+ * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
+ *
+ * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
+ * hash_name = ...;
+ *
+ * // Allocate a hash context
+ * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ *     return ret;
+ *
+ * // Initialize the hash context
+ * av_hash_init(ctx);
+ *
+ * // Update the hash context with data
+ * while (data_left) {
+ *     av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
+ * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
+ * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
+ * // av_malloc().
+ * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
+ * if (!output_buf)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Finalize the hash context.
+ * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
+ * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
+ * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
+ * // memory needed.
+ * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
+ *
+ * // Free the context
+ * av_hash_freep(&ctx);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section Hash Function-Specific Information
+ * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
+ * used.
+ *
+ * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
+ * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @example ffhash.c
+ * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
+ * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
+ * initialization, updating, and finalizing.
+ */
+
+struct AVHashContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
+ *
+ * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
+ * call av_hash_init() to do so.
+ */
+int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get the names of available hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
+ *
+ * @param[in] i  Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
+ * @return       Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
+ */
+const char *av_hash_names(int i);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
+ */
+const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
+ *
+ * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
+ * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
+ * libavutil without recompilation.
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
+ * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
+ * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
+ * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
+ * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
+ */
+#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
+ *
+ * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @param[in]     ctx Hash context
+ * @return            Size of the hash value in bytes
+ */
+int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reset a hash context.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update a hash context with additional data.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[in]     src Data to be added to the hash context
+ * @param[in]     len Size of the additional data
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
+ *
+ * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ *
+ * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
+ */
+void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
+ * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
+ * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the string will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
+ * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Pointer to hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hmac.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVHMACType {
+    AV_HMAC_MD5,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA1,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA224,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA256,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA384,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA512,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
+ */
+AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param key    The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash data with the HMAC.
+ * @param ctx  The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len  The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param out    The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return       The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data with a key.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param data   The data to hash
+ * @param len    The length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param key    The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ * @param out    The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return       The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
+                 const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
+                 uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+enum AVHWDeviceType {
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
+ * derived.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
+ * state.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
+     *
+     * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
+     * afterwards.
+     */
+    enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
+     * by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     *
+     * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
+     *       struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
+     *       are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+} AVHWDeviceContext;
+
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
+ * struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging.
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
+     * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
+     * additional references from it.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
+     * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
+     *
+     * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
+     * struct should not be modified by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
+     * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
+     * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
+     * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
+     *
+     * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
+     * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
+     * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
+     * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
+     */
+    AVBufferPool *pool;
+
+    /**
+     * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
+     * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
+     *
+     * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
+     * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
+     */
+    int initial_pool_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
+     *
+     * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat format;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
+     * frames.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
+     * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
+     * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
+
+    /**
+     * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    int width, height;
+} AVHWFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
+ *
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
+ *         not found.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
+ *
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
+ *         is not valid.
+ */
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over supported device types.
+ *
+ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
+ *             returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
+ *         AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
+ *
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
+ * used in any way.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
+ * touched by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
+ *                   will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
+ *                   and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
+ *                   needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
+ * @param type The type of the device to create.
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
+ *             opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
+ * @param flags currently unused
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                           const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
+ * device.  If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ *                AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type    The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ *                used to create the new device.
+ * @param flags   Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return        Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+                                   enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                                   AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
+ *                   a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
+ *                   function remains owned by the caller.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
+ * to any frames.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
+ *              newly allocated buffers.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
+ *
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
+ *
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
+ *
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
+ * destination frame is unspecified.
+ *
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
+ * @param src the source frame.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
+
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
+ *                The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
+ *                by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
+ *                If this function returns successfully, the format list will
+ *                have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
+ *                On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
+                                    enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
+                                    enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration.  This is returned
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  This member will always be filled.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  Can be NULL if this information is
+     * not known.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (Zero if not known.)
+     */
+    int min_width;
+    int min_height;
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
+     */
+    int max_width;
+    int max_height;
+} AVHWFramesConstraints;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
+ * av_free().
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
+ *         success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
+ * configuration to be used with that device.  If no HW-specific
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
+ * of the device.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
+ *        to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
+ *         on the device, or NULL if not available.
+ */
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
+                                                           const void *hwconfig);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ *
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ */
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be readable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ      = 1 << 0,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be writeable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE     = 1 << 1,
+    /**
+     * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
+     * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded.  Any values
+     * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be direct.  That is, there must not be any copying in
+     * the map or unmap steps.  Note that performance of direct mappings may
+     * be much lower than normal memory.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT    = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Map a hardware frame.
+ *
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames.  On input, src should be a usable
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
+ * by av_frame_alloc()).  src should have an associated hwframe context, and
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
+ *
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
+ *
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there.  This will only be
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
+ *
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible.  If format is unset (is
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
+ *
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
+ *
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
+ *
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx  On success, a reference to the newly created
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext.
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext on.
+ * @param source_frame_ctx   A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
+ *                           which will be mapped to the derived context.
+ * @param flags  Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
+ *               mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
+ *               in the derived device.
+ * @return       Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
+                                  enum AVPixelFormat format,
+                                  AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
+                                  AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
+                                  int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+
+#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
+#include <cuda.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
+    CUcontext cuda_ctx;
+    CUstream stream;
+    AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
+} AVCUDADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
+ *
+ * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
+ * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
+ * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
+ *
+ * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
+ * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
+ * this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
+ *
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
+ * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
+ * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d11.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
+     * set the libavcodec decoding device.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
+     * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11Device        *device;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoDevice   *video_device;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoContext  *video_context;
+
+    /**
+     * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
+     * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
+     * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
+     * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
+     *
+     * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
+     * internal mutex.
+     *
+     * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
+     * locking implementation.
+     */
+    void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
+    void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
+    void *lock_ctx;
+} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ *
+ * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
+ * necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
+     * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
+     * the interface.
+     *
+     * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
+     */
+    ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+    /**
+     * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
+     * if the texture is not an array texture.
+     *
+     * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
+     */
+    intptr_t index;
+} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
+     * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
+     * texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
+     *
+     * The only situation when the API user should set this is:
+     * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
+     *   AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
+     *   allocate the pool
+     * - of an array texture
+     * - and wants it to use it for decoding
+     * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     *
+     * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
+     * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
+     * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
+     */
+    ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+    /**
+     * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
+     * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
+     * video decoding.
+     * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+     */
+    UINT BindFlags;
+
+    /**
+     * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
+     * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+     */
+    UINT MiscFlags;
+} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
+ *
+ * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
+ * must be allocated by the user.  Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
+ * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
+ * added in future.
+ */
+
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
+     */
+    AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
+};
+
+/**
+ * DRM object descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * DRM PRIME fd for the object.
+     */
+    int fd;
+    /**
+     * Total size of the object.
+     *
+     * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
+     */
+    size_t size;
+    /**
+     * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
+     *
+     * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
+     * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
+     */
+    uint64_t format_modifier;
+} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM plane descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
+ * a single object.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
+     * array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
+     */
+    int object_index;
+    /**
+     * Offset within that object of this plane.
+     */
+    ptrdiff_t offset;
+    /**
+     * Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
+     */
+    ptrdiff_t pitch;
+} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM layer descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single layer within a frame.  This has the structure
+ * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
+     */
+    uint32_t format;
+    /**
+     * Number of planes in the layer.
+     *
+     * This must match the number of planes required by format.
+     */
+    int nb_planes;
+    /**
+     * Array of planes in this layer.
+     */
+    AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM frame descriptor.
+ *
+ * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
+ * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
+ * an object of this type.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
+ * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
+ * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
+ * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
+ * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
+ * to import it.)
+ *
+ * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
+ * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
+ * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
+ * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
+     */
+    int nb_objects;
+    /**
+     * Array of objects making up the frame.
+     */
+    AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+    /**
+     * Number of layers in the frame.
+     */
+    int nb_layers;
+    /**
+     * Array of layers in the frame.
+     */
+    AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM device.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * File descriptor of DRM device.
+     *
+     * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
+     * used in some derivation and mapping operations.
+     *
+     * If no device is required, set to -1.
+     */
+    int fd;
+} AVDRMDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
+ *
+ * Only fixed-size pools are supported.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
+    IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
+} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
+    /**
+     * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
+     * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
+     */
+    DWORD               surface_type;
+
+    /**
+     * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
+     * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
+     * libavutil.
+     */
+    IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
+    int              nb_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
+     * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
+     * field is provided.
+     *
+     * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
+     * it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
+     *
+     * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
+     * decoder reference.
+     */
+    IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
+} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * MediaCodec details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
+     *
+     * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
+     */
+    void *surface;
+} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
+ *
+ * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
+ * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
+    mfxSession session;
+} AVQSVDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
+    mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
+    int            nb_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
+     */
+    int frame_type;
+} AVQSVFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
+

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+
+#include <va/va.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
+ *
+ * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
+ * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
+ * argument to vaCreateContext().
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
+ */
+
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
+     * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
+    /**
+     * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
+     * vaRenderPicture().  Additional code will be required to destroy them
+     * separately afterwards.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
+
+    /**
+     * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
+     * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
+
+    /**
+     * The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
+     * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
+     * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI connection details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
+     */
+    VADisplay display;
+    /**
+     * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
+     * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
+     * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present.  The user
+     * may need to refer to this field when performing any later
+     * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
+     */
+    unsigned int driver_quirks;
+} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
+     * the frame pool.  If null, default settings are used.
+     */
+    VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
+    int           nb_attributes;
+    /**
+     * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
+     * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
+     * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
+     * vaCreateContext().
+     */
+    VASurfaceID     *surface_ids;
+    int           nb_surfaces;
+} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
+ *
+ * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
+    /**
+     * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
+     */
+    VAConfigID config_id;
+} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
+    VdpDevice          device;
+    VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
+} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
+ *
+ * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox
+ * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames.
+ *
+ * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
+ *
+ * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
+ * NULL.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
+ * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/imgutils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+                                const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+                           uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+                   int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t       *dst, int dst_linesize,
+                         const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+                         int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+                   const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+                   enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy().
+ *
+ * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
+ * by the CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ *       int for av_image_copy().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ *       size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4],       const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
+                           const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
+                           enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
+ * parameters and the provided array.
+ *
+ * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
+ * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
+ * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
+ * line sizes will be set.  If a planar format is specified, several
+ * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
+ * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
+ * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
+ * size for the src buffer.
+ *
+ * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
+ * one call, use av_image_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param dst_data      data pointers to be filled in
+ * @param dst_linesize  linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
+ * @param src           buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width         the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align         the value used in src for linesize alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
+                         const uint8_t *src,
+                         enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
+ * image with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * @param pix_fmt  the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width    the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height   the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align    the assumed linesize alignment
+ * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
+ *
+ * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
+ * for the buffer to fill.
+ *
+ * @param dst           a buffer into which picture data will be copied
+ * @param dst_size      the size in bytes of dst
+ * @param src_data      pointers containing the source image data
+ * @param src_linesize  linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the source image
+ * @param width         the width of the source image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the source image in pixels
+ * @param align         the assumed linesize alignment for dst
+ * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
+ * (error code) on error
+ */
+int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
+                            const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
+                            enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
+ * with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
+ *
+ * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
+ * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
+ * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
+ *
+ * @param w width of the image
+ * @param h height of the image
+ * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
+ * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
+
+/**
+ * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
+ * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
+ * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
+ * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
+ *
+ * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
+ * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
+ *
+ * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
+ * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
+ * not supported.)
+ *
+ * @param dst_data      data pointers to destination image
+ * @param dst_linesize  linesizes for the destination image
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the image
+ * @param range         the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
+ * @param width         the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the image in pixels
+ * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
+                        enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
+                        int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/intfloat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+    uint32_t i;
+    float    f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+    uint64_t i;
+    double   f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h

@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+    uint64_t u64;
+    uint32_t u32[2];
+    uint16_t u16[4];
+    uint8_t  u8 [8];
+    double   f64;
+    float    f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint32_t u32;
+    uint16_t u16[2];
+    uint8_t  u8 [4];
+    float    f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint16_t u16;
+    uint8_t  u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ *
+ * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
+ * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
+ * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
+ * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
+ * depending on the platform.
+ *
+ * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+#   include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+#   include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+#   include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
+#       define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN48) &&  defined(AV_RB48)
+#       define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
+#       define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN48) &&  defined(AV_WB48)
+#       define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
+#       define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN48) &&  defined(AV_RL48)
+#       define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
+#       define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN48) &&  defined(AV_WL48)
+#       define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint16_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint16_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint32_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint32_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint64_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint64_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RB##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RL##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+#   define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+#   define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+#   define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+#   define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+#   define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+#   define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x)     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d)  do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x)     AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d)  AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(p)    AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(p)    AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(p)    AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(p)    AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(p)    AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(p)    AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+#   define AV_RB24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+#   define AV_WB24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+#   define AV_RL24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+#   define AV_WL24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB48
+#   define AV_RB48(x)                                     \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] <<  8) |         \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB48
+#   define AV_WB48(p, darg) do {                \
+        uint64_t d = (darg);                    \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL48
+#   define AV_RL48(x)                                     \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL48
+#   define AV_WL48(p, darg) do {                \
+        uint64_t d = (darg);                    \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p)    (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+#   define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+#   define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+#   define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+#   define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+#   define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+#   define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
+ * memory locations.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16U
+#   define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32U
+#   define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64U
+#   define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128U
+#   define AV_COPY128U(d, s)                                    \
+    do {                                                        \
+        AV_COPY64U(d, s);                                       \
+        AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8);     \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+    (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+#   define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+#   define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+#   define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+#   define AV_COPY128(d, s)                    \
+    do {                                       \
+        AV_COPY64(d, s);                       \
+        AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+#   define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+#   define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+#   define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+#   define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+#   define AV_ZERO128(d)         \
+    do {                         \
+        AV_ZERO64(d);            \
+        AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/lfg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVLFG {
+    unsigned int state[64];
+    int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
+ *
+ * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
+ */
+int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+    return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/log.h

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB  ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+    /**
+     * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+     * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+     */
+    const char* class_name;
+
+    /**
+     * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+     * instance ctx associated with the class.
+     */
+    const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+     *
+     * @see av_set_default_options()
+     */
+    const struct AVOption *option;
+
+    /**
+     * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+     * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+     * version bumps everywhere.
+     */
+
+    int version;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+     * 0 means there is no such variable
+     */
+    int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+     * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+     * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+     * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+     * The offset can be NULL.
+     */
+    int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+     */
+    void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
+     * AVOptions-enabled child.
+     *
+     * The difference between child_next and this is that
+     * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+     * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+     */
+    const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Category used for visualization (like color)
+     * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory category;
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the category.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+     * available since version (52.12)
+     */
+    int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+} AVClass;
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET    -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC     0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL     8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR    16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING  24
+
+/**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_INFO     32
+
+/**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE  40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG    48
+
+/**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE    56
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+   av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+   @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ */
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ */
+void av_log_set_level(int level);
+
+/**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ *       threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ */
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+
+/**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
+                             va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param  ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ */
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line;
+ *                      may be NULL if line_size is 0
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
+ *                      be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
+ *         the number of characters that would have been written for a
+ *         sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
+ *         character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
+ *         that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
+ */
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+
+/**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
+
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+int av_log_get_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/lzo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * LZO 1x decompression
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
+#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+ * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED  1
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL     2
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+#define AV_LZO_ERROR           8
+/** @} */
+
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING   8
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ *
+ * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
+ * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
+ */
+int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/macros.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s)         AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
+ * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
+ *       and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
+    /**
+     * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
+     */
+    AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
+
+    /**
+     * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
+     */
+    AVRational white_point[2];
+
+    /**
+     * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    AVRational min_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    AVRational max_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
+     */
+    int has_primaries;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
+     */
+    int has_luminance;
+
+} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
+ *       and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
+    /**
+     * Max content light level (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    unsigned MaxCLL;
+
+    /**
+     * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    unsigned MaxFALL;
+} AVContentLightMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/mathematics.h

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E            2.7182818284590452354   /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2          0.69314718055994530942  /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10         2.30258509299404568402  /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10      3.32192809488736234787  /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI          1.61803398874989484820   /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI           3.14159265358979323846  /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI_2
+#define M_PI_2         1.57079632679489661923  /* pi/2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2      0.70710678118654752440  /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2        1.41421356237309504880  /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN            av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY       av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rounding methods.
+ */
+enum AVRounding {
+    AV_ROUND_ZERO     = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+    AV_ROUND_INF      = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+    AV_ROUND_DOWN     = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_UP       = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+    /**
+     * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
+     * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+     *
+     * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
+     * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
+     * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
+     * cases.
+     *
+     * @code{.c}
+     * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling 3:
+     * //     Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
+     * //     3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
+     * //     => 2
+     *
+     * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
+     * //     => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+                         enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
+ *         - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
+ *         - 0 if they represent the same position
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
+ *
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
+ * `a` and `b`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10  (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10  (0x2)
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
+ * @return
+ *         - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
+ *         - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
+ *         - zero             if `a % mod == b % mod`
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
+ *
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * @param[in]     in_tb    Input time base
+ * @param[in]     in_ts    Input timestamp
+ * @param[in]     fs_tb    Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
+ *                         (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
+ * @param[in]     duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
+ *                         duration of the current packet/frame)
+ * @param[in,out] last     Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
+ *                         `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
+ * @param[in]     out_tb   Output timebase
+ * @return        Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
+ *
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
+ *       seconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts,  AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ts     Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] ts_tb  Input timestamp time base
+ * @param[in] inc    Value to be added
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
+ */
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/md5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_md5
+ * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
+#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MD5 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_md5_size;
+
+struct AVMD5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMD5 context.
+ */
+struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize MD5 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
+ */
+void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param src input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data.
+ *
+ * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param src The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
+#else
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/mem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem
+ * Memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
+ *
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
+ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
+ *
+ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be
+ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
+ * uint8_t aligned_array[128];
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
+ * assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
+#else
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t v
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
+ *
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
+ * generate better code.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+    #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+    #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
+ * given by the specified parameter(s).
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+    #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+    #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
+ *
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
+ * caution when doing so.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
+ * block.
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of element
+ * @param size  Size of a single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size  Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ *
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
+ *
+ * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr  Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *             av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ *             reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ * @see av_reallocp()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr  Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ *                     with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
+ *                     is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ *                     reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
+ *   after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ *   leak with the classic
+ *   @code{.c}
+ *   buf = realloc(buf);
+ *   if (!buf)
+ *       return -1;
+ *   @endcode
+ *   pattern.
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr   Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *              av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
+ * @param size  Size of the single element of the array
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_reallocp_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr   Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
+ *                      allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
+ *                      The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param[in]     size  Size of the single element
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * A typical use pattern follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!new_buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
+ *     av_freep(&buf);
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `ptr`
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
+ *         buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
+ *         error
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; buf already freed
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
+ */
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ *
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
+ *       behind dangling pointers.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_free(buf);
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
+ * // security risk.
+ *
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_strndup()
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
+ *
+ * @param s   String to be duplicated
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ *            terminating byte)
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ */
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @param p    Buffer to be duplicated
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ *         copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
+ *
+ * @param dst  Destination buffer
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
+ *             the overlapping window); must be > 0
+ * @param cnt  Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
+ *
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ *       thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
+ *
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
+ *
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
+ *
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
+ *
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
+ * int    nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * // &to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
+ * implements this mechanism.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
+ * int   nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
+ *
+ * // Shortcut of the above.
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
+ *                               (const void *)&to_be_added2);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * //  to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * //  to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr  Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem    Element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr   Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr    Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
+ *                          `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
+ *                          allocated but left uninitialized.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
+ *         space
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+                       const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ *
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  a,b Operands of multiplication
+ * @param[out] r   Pointer to the result of the operation
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
+ */
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+    size_t t = a * b;
+    /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
+     * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+    if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+        return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+    *r = t;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
+ *
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
+ *
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
+ *
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
+ *
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
+ *          this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVMotionVector {
+    /**
+     * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
+     * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
+     * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
+     */
+    int32_t source;
+    /**
+     * Width and height of the block.
+     */
+    uint8_t w, h;
+    /**
+     * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
+     */
+    int16_t src_x, src_y;
+    /**
+     * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
+     */
+    int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
+    /**
+     * Extra flag information.
+     * Currently unused.
+     */
+    uint64_t flags;
+    /**
+     * Motion vector
+     * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
+     * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
+     */
+    int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
+    uint16_t motion_scale;
+} AVMotionVector;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/murmur3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_murmur3
+ * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
+ * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
+ *
+ * - 32-bit output
+ * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
+ * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
+ *
+ * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
+ * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
+ * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
+ * performance.
+ *
+ * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
+ * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
+ * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
+ * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
+ * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
+ *
+ * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
+ * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
+ */
+struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[in]  seed Random seed
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash context with new data.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[in]  src  Input data to update hash with
+ * @param[in]  len  Number of bytes to read from `src`
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+#else
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/opt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ *     const AVClass *class;
+ *     int      int_opt;
+ *     char    *str_opt;
+ *     uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ *     int      bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption test_options[] = {
+ *   { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *   { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ *   { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ *   { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ *     .class_name = "test class",
+ *     .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *     .option     = test_options,
+ *     .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ *     test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
+ *     ret->class = &test_class;
+ *     av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ *     return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ *     av_opt_free(*foo);
+ *     av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ *      It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ *      AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ *      libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ *      codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ *      parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ *      implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
+ *      parent struct's AVClass.
+ *      Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ *      child_struct field:
+ *
+ *      @code
+ *      typedef struct child_struct {
+ *          AVClass *class;
+ *          int flags_opt;
+ *      } child_struct;
+ *      static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ *          { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *            offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *          { NULL },
+ *      };
+ *      static const AVClass child_class = {
+ *          .class_name = "child class",
+ *          .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *          .option     = child_opts,
+ *          .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ *      };
+ *
+ *      void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ *      {
+ *          test_struct *t = obj;
+ *          if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ *              return t->child_struct;
+ *          return NULL
+ *      }
+ *      const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
+ *      {
+ *          return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
+ *      }
+ *      @endcode
+ *      Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
+ *      test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ *      test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ *      child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ *      From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ *      and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ *      iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
+ *      iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ *      was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ *      child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ *      iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ *      iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ *      It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ *      field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
+ *      create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ *      with their unit field set to the same string.
+ *      Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ *      constant.
+ *      For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ *      above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ *      @code
+ *      { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *        offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ *      { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ *      @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g.  when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass.  The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+    const char *name;
+
+    /**
+     * short English help text
+     * @todo What about other languages?
+     */
+    const char *help;
+
+    /**
+     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+     */
+    int offset;
+    enum AVOptionType type;
+
+    /**
+     * the default value for scalar options
+     */
+    union {
+        int64_t i64;
+        double dbl;
+        const char *str;
+        /* TODO those are unused now */
+        AVRational q;
+    } default_val;
+    double min;                 ///< minimum valid value for the option
+    double max;                 ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+    int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  1   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  2   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  32
+/**
+ * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT          64
+/**
+ * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
+ * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY        128
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM       (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED      (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+    /**
+     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+     * unit. May be NULL.
+     */
+    const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+/**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRange {
+    const char *str;
+    /**
+     * Value range.
+     * For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
+     * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
+     */
+    double value_min, value_max;
+    /**
+     * Value's component range.
+     * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
+     */
+    double component_min, component_max;
+    /**
+     * Range flag.
+     * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
+     */
+    int is_range;
+} AVOptionRange;
+
+/**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
+    /**
+     * Array of option ranges.
+     *
+     * Most of option types use just one component.
+     * Following describes multi-component option types:
+     *
+     * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
+     * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
+     * component index 1: range of width.
+     * component index 2: range of height.
+     *
+     * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
+     *       provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
+     *       av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
+     *
+     * Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
+     *
+     * @code
+     * int range_index, component_index;
+     * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+     * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
+     * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
+     * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
+     *     for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
+     *         range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
+     *     //do something with range here.
+     * }
+     * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AVOptionRange **range;
+    /**
+     * Number of ranges per component.
+     */
+    int nb_ranges;
+    /**
+     * Number of componentes.
+     */
+    int nb_components;
+} AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
+ * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
+ * default applied to s.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+                          const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx          the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts         the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ *                     delimiter
+ * @param shorthand    a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ *                     notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ *                     the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ *                     then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ *                     finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ *                     found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return  the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ *          value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ *          AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ *          the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ *          cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+                           const char *const *shorthand,
+                           const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * Free all allocated objects in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ *         isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ *                by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ *                Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ *                with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ *         but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ *                by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ *                Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ *                with av_dict_free().
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ *         but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts        pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ *                     point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ *                     or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags        flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey         parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval         parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return  >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ *          AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ *          AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ */
+int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
+                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+                         unsigned flags,
+                         char **rkey, char **rval);
+
+enum {
+
+    /**
+     * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+     * as NULL.
+     */
+    AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int   (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t    *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float      *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double     *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q     (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN   (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
+                                               given object first. */
+/**
+ *  The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ *  instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ *  useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ *  object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ   (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ *  In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
+ *  rather than returning an empty string.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ *  Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
+ *  one component for certain option types.
+ *  @see AVOptionRanges for details.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                            int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                             int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ *            AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ *             or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set         (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int     (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t     val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double  (void *obj, const char *name, double      val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q       (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational  val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_bin     (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
+/**
+ * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
+ * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj    AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name   name of the binary option
+ * @param val    pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ *               regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term   list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags  search flags
+ */
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+    (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+     AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+     av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+                    av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ *
+ * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set
+ * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string.
+ */
+int av_opt_get         (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t   **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int     (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t    *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double  (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double     *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q       (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
+int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
+/**
+ * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
+ * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ *          or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ */
+void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ *              AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *              AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy options from src object into dest object.
+ *
+ * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
+ * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
+ *
+ * @param dest Object to copy from
+ * @param src  Object to copy into
+ * @return 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ *              AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *              AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
+ * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
+ *
+ * @param obj  AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param o    option to be checked
+ * @return     >0 when option is set to its default,
+ *              0 when option is not set its default,
+ *             <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * @param obj          AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param name         option name
+ * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
+ * @return             >0 when option is set to its default,
+ *                     0 when option is not set its default,
+ *                     <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
+
+
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS              0x00000001  ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT            0x00000002  ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
+
+/**
+ * Serialize object's options.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing object's serialized options.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
+ * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
+ * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  obj           AVClass object to serialize
+ * @param[in]  opt_flags     serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
+ * @param[in]  flags         combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
+ * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
+ *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in]  key_val_sep   character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in]  pairs_sep     character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
+                     const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/parseutils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
+ *
+ * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
+ * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
+ * want to exclude those values.
+ *
+ * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * num:den, a float number or an expression
+ * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
+ * level of log_ctx
+ * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
+                   int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
+    av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+                   void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
+ * colors.
+ *
+ * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
+ * av_parse_color().
+ *
+ * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
+ * @param rgbp      if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
+ * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
+ */
+const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval.  If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date.  If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Simplified version of strptime
+ *
+ * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
+ * store its results in the structure dt.
+ * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
+ * by the standard strptime().
+ *
+ * The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
+ * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '23'
+ * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
+ * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '59'
+ * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '59'
+ * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
+ * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
+ * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
+ *   through '31'
+ * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
+ * - %%: a literal '%'
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
+ *         call. In case the input string contains more characters than
+ *         required by the format string the return value points right after
+ *         the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
+ *         is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
+ *         the string. On failure NULL is returned.
+ */
+char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/*
+ * pixel format descriptor
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
+     */
+    int plane;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
+     * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+     */
+    int step;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
+     * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+     */
+    int offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
+     * to get the value.
+     */
+    int shift;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of bits in the component.
+     */
+    int depth;
+
+#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
+    /** deprecated, use step instead */
+    attribute_deprecated int step_minus1;
+
+    /** deprecated, use depth instead */
+    attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1;
+
+    /** deprecated, use offset instead */
+    attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1;
+#endif
+} AVComponentDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
+ * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
+ * subsampling factors and number of components.
+ *
+ * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
+ *       and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
+ *       are stored not what these values represent.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
+    const char *name;
+    uint8_t nb_components;  ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
+
+    /**
+     * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
+     * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+     * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
+     * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+     * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+     */
+    uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
+
+    /**
+     * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
+     * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+     * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
+     * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+     * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+     */
+    uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
+
+    /**
+     * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
+     */
+    uint64_t flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
+     * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
+     * If the format has 3 or 4 components:
+     *   if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
+     *   otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
+     *
+     * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
+     */
+    AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
+
+    /**
+     * Alternative comma-separated names.
+     */
+    const char *alias;
+} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format is big-endian.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE           (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL          (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM    (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL      (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR       (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB          (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a
+ * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each
+ * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can
+ * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
+ * the pixel format without using the palette.
+ * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
+ *
+ * @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed,
+ * the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only
+ * actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a
+ * palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the
+ * extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to
+ * allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required
+ * before the deprecation, though).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL    (1 << 6)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
+ * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
+ * straight, never pre-multiplied.
+ *
+ * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
+ * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA        (1 << 7)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER        (1 << 8)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
+ * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT        (1 << 9)
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
+ * of bits per sample.
+ *
+ * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
+ * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
+ * not counted.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
+ */
+int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
+ * this pixel format is unknown.
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
+ * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+                                     int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
+ * valid pixel format.
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
+                            enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
+ * pixel format component c to dst.
+ *
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
+ * values to write to dst
+ * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
+ * format writes the values corresponding to the palette
+ * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
+ * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
+ */
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+                        const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                        int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+
+/**
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * image line.
+ *
+ * @param src array containing the values to write
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
+ * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
+ * values to write to the image line
+ */
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+                         const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                         int x, int y, int c, int w);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  pix_fmt the pixel format
+ *
+ * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
+ * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION  0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
+#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH       0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE  0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
+#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA       0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT  0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
+#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA      0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
+                        enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+                        int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+                                             enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "common.h"
+
+/**
+ * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
+ */
+typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
+                                    const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
+
+/**
+ * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
+ * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
+ *
+ * @param w_bits  1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
+ * @param h_bits  1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
+ * @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
+ *                src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
+ *                If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
+ *                aligned on the block size.
+ *                If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
+ *                alignment.
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
+ *         invalid parameters)
+ */
+av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
+                                              int aligned, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ *  (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:0,  9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8,     ///<        Y        ,  8bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8,      ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV12,      ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV21,      ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB,      ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA,      ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR,      ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA,      ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+#if FF_API_VAAPI
+    /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
+    /**@{*/
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
+    /**@}*/
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
+#else
+    /**
+     *  Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
+     *  VASurfaceID.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
+#endif
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD,    ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA8,       ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+     * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+     * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP,      ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU,     ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV16,         ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP,        ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+    /**
+     *  HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     *  mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
+
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
+     * exactly as for system memory frames.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX...   X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P,    ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8,    ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8,    ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8,    ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8,    ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
+     *
+     * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
+     * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
+     *
+     * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
+     * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
+     * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
+     *
+     * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
+     *
+     * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
+     * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE,   ///<        Y        , 14bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE,   ///<        Y        , 14bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NB         ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE,  GRAY9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE,   YA16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE,  RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE,  BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE ,    GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE,    GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE,    GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE,    GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE,    GBRP16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE,   GBRAP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE,   GBRAP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE,   GBRAP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE,    BAYER_BGGR16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE,    BAYER_RGGB16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE,    BAYER_GBRG16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE,    BAYER_GRBG16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE,  GBRPF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12      AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE,  NV20LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE,  P010LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE,  P016LE)
+
+/**
+  * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+  * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
+  */
+enum AVColorPrimaries {
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0   = 0,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED    = 3,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470M      = 4,  ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_PRI_FILM        = 8,  ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT2020      = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428    = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431    = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432    = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22   = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
+    AVCOL_PRI_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
+ */
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0    = 0,
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT709        = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+    AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED  = 2,
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED     = 3,
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22      = 4,  ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28      = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M    = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M    = 7,
+    AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR       = 8,  ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG          = 9,  ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT     = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG   = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10    = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12    = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084    = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084  = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428     = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
+    AVCOL_TRC_NB                 ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
+ */
+enum AVColorSpace {
+    AVCOL_SPC_RGB         = 0,  ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED    = 3,
+    AVCOL_SPC_FCC         = 4,  ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO       = 8,  ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG       = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL  = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL   = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085   = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP       = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
+    AVCOL_SPC_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ */
+enum AVColorRange {
+    AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG        = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG        = 2, ///< the normal     2^n-1   "JPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
+ *
+ *                1st 2nd       1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
+ *                 v   v         v   v
+ *                 ______        ______
+ *1st luma line > |X   X ...    |3 4 X ...     X are luma samples,
+ *                |             |1 2           1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *2nd luma line > |X   X ...    |5 6 X ...     0 is undefined/unknown position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation {
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT        = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER      = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT     = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP         = 4,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT  = 5,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM      = 6,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/random_seed.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/rational.h

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * Rational number calculation.
+ *
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
+ * denominators.
+ *
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
+ * rational numbers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+    int num; ///< Numerator
+    int den; ///< Denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVRational.
+ *
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ *
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ * @see av_reduce()
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+    AVRational r = { num, den };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ *
+ * @param a First rational
+ * @param b Second rational
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 0 if `a == b`
+ *         - 1 if `a > b`
+ *         - -1 if `a < b`
+ *         - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
+ */
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
+    const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
+
+    if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+    else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+    else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+    else                    return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
+ * @param a AVRational to convert
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form
+ * @see av_d2q()
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+    return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ *
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
+ * @param[in]      num Source numerator
+ * @param[in]      den Source denominator
+ * @param[in]      max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+    AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ *
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d   `double` to convert
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form
+ * @see av_q2d()
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
+ *
+ * @param q     Rational to be compared against
+ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
+ *         - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
+ *         - 0 if they have the same distance
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
+ *
+ * @param q      Reference rational
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
+ * format.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be converted
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
+ *         integer.
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
+ */
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/rc4.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
+#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVRC4 {
+    uint8_t state[256];
+    int x, y;
+} AVRC4;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRC4 context.
+ */
+AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
+ *
+ * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of bytes
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
+ * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
+ */
+void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/replaygain.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * ReplayGain information (see
+ * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
+ * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVReplayGain {
+    /**
+     * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
+     * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
+     */
+    int32_t track_gain;
+    /**
+     * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
+     * may overflow). 0 when unknown.
+     */
+    uint32_t track_peak;
+    /**
+     * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
+     */
+    int32_t album_gain;
+    /**
+     * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
+     */
+    uint32_t album_peak;
+} AVReplayGain;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/ripemd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_ripemd
+ * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_ripemd_size;
+
+struct AVRIPEMD;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
+ */
+struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ *   Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ *   24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ *   [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ *   (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8,          ///< unsigned 8 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16,         ///< signed 16 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32,         ///< signed 32 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT,         ///< float
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL,         ///< double
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P,         ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P,        ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P,        ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP,        ///< float, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP,        ///< double, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64,         ///< signed 64 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P,        ///< signed 64 bits, planar
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB           ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels   the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples    the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt    the sample format
+ * @param align         buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return              required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                               enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf              the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels      the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples       the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt       the sample format
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
+ * of success at the next bump
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+                           const uint8_t *buf,
+                           int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                           enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels      number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples       number of samples per channel
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                     int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                                       int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+                    int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+                    enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data  array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset      offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt  audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+                           int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/sha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha
+ * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-1: 160 bits
+ * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx     hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/sha512.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha512
+ * Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
+ * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
+ * - SHA-384: 384 bits
+ * - SHA-512: 512 bits
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha512_size;
+
+struct AVSHA512;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+#else
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/spherical.h

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Spherical video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical
+ * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
+ * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
+ * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
+ * the video should be mapped and displayed.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
+ */
+enum AVSphericalProjection {
+    /**
+     * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
+     * equirectangular projection.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
+
+    /**
+     * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
+     * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
+     * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
+     * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
+     * to the back.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
+
+    /**
+     * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
+     * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
+     * the position of the current video in a larger surface.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
+ * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
+    /**
+     * Projection type.
+     */
+    enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
+
+    /**
+     * @name Initial orientation
+     * @{
+     * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
+     * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
+     * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
+     * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
+     *
+     * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
+     * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
+     * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
+     *
+     * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
+     * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
+     * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
+     * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
+     *
+     * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
+     *
+     * See this equirectangular projection as example:
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *                   Yaw
+     *     -180           0           180
+     *   90 +-------------+-------------+  180
+     *      |             |             |                  up
+     * P    |             |             |                 y|    forward
+     * i    |             ^             |                  |   /z
+     * t  0 +-------------X-------------+    0 Roll        |  /
+     * c    |             |             |                  | /
+     * h    |             |             |                 0|/_____right
+     *      |             |             |                        x
+     *  -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
+     *
+     * X - the default camera center
+     * ^ - the default up vector
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    int32_t yaw;   ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
+    int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
+    int32_t roll;  ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * @name Bounding rectangle
+     * @anchor bounding
+     * @{
+     * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
+     * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
+     * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
+     * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *      +----------------+----------+
+     *      |                |bound_top |
+     *      |            +--------+     |
+     *      | bound_left |tile    |     |
+     *      +<---------->|        |<--->+bound_right
+     *      |            +--------+     |
+     *      |                |          |
+     *      |    bound_bottom|          |
+     *      +----------------+----------+
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
+     * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
+     * like in the following example:
+     *
+     * @code{c}
+     *     original_width  = tile->width  + bound_left + bound_right;
+     *     original_height = tile->height + bound_top  + bound_bottom;
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
+     *       projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
+     *       and should be ignored in all other cases.
+     */
+    uint32_t bound_left;   ///< Distance from the left edge
+    uint32_t bound_top;    ///< Distance from the top edge
+    uint32_t bound_right;  ///< Distance from the right edge
+    uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
+     *
+     * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
+     *       (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
+     *       cases.
+     */
+    uint32_t padding;
+} AVSphericalMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
+ * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
+ *
+ * @param map    The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
+ * @param width  Width of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param left   Pixels from the left edge.
+ * @param top    Pixels from the top edge.
+ * @param right  Pixels from the right edge.
+ * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
+ */
+void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
+                              size_t width, size_t height,
+                              size_t *left, size_t *top,
+                              size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Stereoscopic video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d
+ * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
+ * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
+ * possible codec-independent view arrangements.
+ * */
+
+/**
+ * List of possible 3D Types
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DType {
+    /**
+     * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_2D,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are next to each other.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are on top of each other.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are alternated temporally.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *     frame0   frame1   frame2   ...
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    ...      ...      ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    RLRLRLRL
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
+     * apply a checkerboard pattern.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *     LLLLRRRR          L L L L    R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR    =>     L L L L  R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR          L L L L    R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR           L L L L  R R R R
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed per column.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * List of possible view types.
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DView {
+    /**
+     * Frame contains two packed views.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
+
+    /**
+     * Frame contains only the left view.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
+
+    /**
+     * Frame contains only the right view.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
+ */
+#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT     (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
+ * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStereo3D {
+    /**
+     * How views are packed within the video.
+     */
+    enum AVStereo3DType type;
+
+    /**
+     * Additional information about the frame packing.
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Determines which views are packed.
+     */
+    enum AVStereo3DView view;
+} AVStereo3D;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
+ * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
+ *
+ * @param type The input stereo3d type value.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/tea.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_tea_size;
+
+struct AVTEA;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVTEA context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
+ */
+void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                  int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */

libs/mac/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+
+typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
+
+typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
+
+    /**
+     * Perform non-blocking operation.
+     * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
+     * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
+     */
+    AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
+
+} AVThreadMessageFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new message queue.
+ *
+ * @param mq      pointer to the message queue
+ * @param nelem   maximum number of elements in the queue
+ * @param elsize  size of each element in the queue
+ * @return  >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
+ *          lavu was built without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
+                                  unsigned nelem,
+                                  unsigned elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a message queue.
+ *
+ * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
+
+/**
+ * Send a message on the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                 void *msg,
+                                 unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Receive a message from the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                 void *msg,
+                                 unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the sending error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
+ * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
+ * suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                          int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the receiving error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
+ * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
+ * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
+ * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                          int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
+ * operation is removing messages from the queue.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                           void (*free_func)(void *msg));
+
+/**
+ * Return the current number of messages in the queue.
+ *
+ * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
+ *         without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+/**
+ * Flush the message queue
+ *
+ * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
+ * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
+ * reads).
+ */
+void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */